2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@c %**start of header
@setfilename openocd.info
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@dircategory Development
@direntry
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
* OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end direntry
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@paragraphindent 0
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@c %**end of header
@include version.texi
2008-02-29 18:10:46 +00:00
@copying
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
This User's Guide documents
release @value{VERSION},
dated @value{UPDATED},
of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
@end itemize
2008-02-29 18:10:46 +00:00
@quotation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end quotation
@end copying
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@titlepage
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
@sp 1
@title OpenOCD User's Guide
@subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@subtitle @value{UPDATED}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
2008-02-29 18:10:46 +00:00
@insertcopying
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end titlepage
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@summarycontents
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@contents
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@ifnottex
@node Top
@top OpenOCD User's Guide
2008-02-29 18:10:46 +00:00
@insertcopying
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@end ifnottex
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@menu
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
* About:: About OpenOCD
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
* Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
2009-05-24 01:33:54 +00:00
* Building OpenOCD:: Building OpenOCD From SVN
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
* JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
* Running:: Running OpenOCD
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
* OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
* Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
* About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
* Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
* Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
* Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
* TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
* CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
* Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
* NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
* General Commands:: General Commands
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
* Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
* JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
* TFTP:: TFTP
* GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
* Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
* Upgrading:: Deprecated/Removed Commands
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
* Target Library:: Target Library
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
* FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
* Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
* License:: GNU Free Documentation License
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
@comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
@comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
@comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
* OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
* Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end menu
@node About
@unnumbered About
@cindex about
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
around the world.
@section What is OpenOCD?
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
devices.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
between chips and boards.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
debugged via the GDB protocol.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
internal flashes (LPC2000, AT91SAM7, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
(LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
@section OpenOCD Web Site
The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section Latest User's Guide:
The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
available. A version for more recent code may be available.
Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
2009-06-10 22:22:49 +00:00
@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
PDF form is likewise published at:
2009-06-10 22:22:49 +00:00
@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section OpenOCD User's Forum
There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
@uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@node Developers
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
@chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@cindex developers
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
or expand the OpenOCD source code.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
@section OpenOCD Subversion Repository
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
2009-05-24 01:33:54 +00:00
The ``Building From Source'' section provides instructions to retrieve
and and build the latest version of the OpenOCD source code.
@xref{Building OpenOCD}.
2009-04-03 12:55:25 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
@b{strongly} encouraged to base their work off of the most recent trunk
revision. Patches created against older versions may require additional
work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
2009-04-03 12:55:25 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
@section Doxygen Developer Manual
2009-04-03 12:55:25 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
During the development of the 0.2.0 release, the OpenOCD project began
providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
technical information about the software internals, development
processes, and similar documentation:
2009-04-03 12:55:25 +00:00
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the repository trunk.
@section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
communication between developers:
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
All drivers developers are enouraged to also subscribe to the list of
SVN commits to keep pace with the ongoing changes:
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-svn}
2009-04-03 12:55:25 +00:00
2009-05-24 01:33:54 +00:00
@node Building OpenOCD
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
@chapter Building OpenOCD
@cindex building
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@section Pre-Built Tools
2008-10-14 09:37:44 +00:00
If you are interested in getting actual work done rather than building
OpenOCD, then check if your interface supplier provides binaries for
you. Chances are that that binary is from some SVN version that is more
stable than SVN trunk where bleeding edge development takes place.
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@section Packagers Please Read!
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
You are a @b{PACKAGER} of OpenOCD if you
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@enumerate
@item @b{Sell dongles} and include pre-built binaries
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item @b{Supply tools} i.e.: A complete development solution
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@item @b{Supply IDEs} like Eclipse, or RHIDE, etc.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item @b{Build packages} i.e.: RPM files, or DEB files for a Linux Distro
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@end enumerate
2009-05-23 22:37:19 +00:00
As a @b{PACKAGER}, you will experience first reports of most issues.
When you fix those problems for your users, your solution may help
prevent hundreds (if not thousands) of other questions from other users.
If something does not work for you, please work to inform the OpenOCD
developers know how to improve the system or documentation to avoid
future problems, and follow-up to help us ensure the issue will be fully
resolved in our future releases.
That said, the OpenOCD developers would also like you to follow a few
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
suggestions:
@enumerate
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@item @b{Send patches, including config files, upstream.}
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@item @b{Always build with printer ports enabled.}
@item @b{Try to use LIBFTDI + LIBUSB where possible. You cover more bases.}
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@end enumerate
@itemize @bullet
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@item @b{Why YES to LIBFTDI + LIBUSB?}
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{LESS} work - libusb perhaps already there
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@item @b{LESS} work - identical code, multiple platforms
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@item @b{MORE} dongles are supported
@item @b{MORE} platforms are supported
@item @b{MORE} complete solution
@end itemize
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@item @b{Why not LIBFTDI + LIBUSB} (i.e.: ftd2xx instead)?
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@item @b{LESS} speed - some say it is slower
2008-12-27 21:00:16 +00:00
@item @b{LESS} complex to distribute (external dependencies)
@end itemize
@end itemize
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@section Building From Source
2008-10-14 09:37:44 +00:00
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
You can download the current SVN version with an SVN client of your choice from the
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
following repositories:
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@uref{svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk}
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
or
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@uref{http://svn.berlios.de/svnroot/repos/openocd/trunk}
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
Using the SVN command line client, you can use the following command to fetch the
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
latest version (make sure there is no (non-svn) directory called "openocd" in the
current directory):
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-02-28 11:52:26 +00:00
svn checkout svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk openocd
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
If you prefer GIT based tools, the @command{git-svn} package works too:
@example
git svn clone -s svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd
@end example
Building OpenOCD from a repository requires a recent version of the
GNU autotools (autoconf >= 2.59 and automake >= 1.9).
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
For building on Windows,
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
you have to use Cygwin. Make sure that your @env{PATH} environment variable contains no
other locations with Unix utils (like UnxUtils) - these can't handle the Cygwin
paths, resulting in obscure dependency errors (This is an observation I've gathered
from the logs of one user - correct me if I'm wrong).
You further need the appropriate driver files, if you want to build support for
a FTDI FT2232 based interface:
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ftdi2232} libftdi (@uref{http://www.intra2net.com/opensource/ftdi/})
@item @b{ftd2xx} libftd2xx (@uref{http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/D2XX.htm})
@item When using the Amontec JTAGkey, you have to get the drivers from the Amontec
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
homepage (@uref{http://www.amontec.com}). The JTAGkey uses a non-standard VID/PID.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
libftdi is supported under Windows. Do not use versions earlier than 0.14.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
In general, the D2XX driver provides superior performance (several times as fast),
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
but has the draw-back of being binary-only - though that isn't that bad, as it isn't
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
a kernel module, only a user space library.
To build OpenOCD (on both Linux and Cygwin), use the following commands:
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
./bootstrap
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
Bootstrap generates the configure script, and prepares building on your system.
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
./configure [options, see below]
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-02-28 11:52:26 +00:00
Configure generates the Makefiles used to build OpenOCD.
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
make
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
make install
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
Make builds OpenOCD, and places the final executable in ./src/, the last step, ``make install'' is optional.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
The configure script takes several options, specifying which JTAG interfaces
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
should be included (among other things):
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-parport} - Enable building the PC parallel port driver.
@item
@option{--enable-parport_ppdev} - Enable use of ppdev (/dev/parportN) for parport.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-parport_giveio} - Enable use of giveio for parport instead of ioperm.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-amtjtagaccel} - Enable building the Amontec JTAG-Accelerator driver.
2008-04-05 10:07:12 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-ecosboard} - Enable building support for eCosBoard based JTAG debugger.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-ioutil} - Enable ioutil functions - useful for standalone OpenOCD implementations.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-httpd} - Enable builtin httpd server - useful for standalone OpenOCD implementations.
@item
@option{--enable-ep93xx} - Enable building support for EP93xx based SBCs.
@item
@option{--enable-at91rm9200} - Enable building support for AT91RM9200 based SBCs.
@item
@option{--enable-gw16012} - Enable building support for the Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
@item
@option{--enable-ft2232_ftd2xx} - Numerous USB type ARM JTAG dongles use the FT2232C chip from this FTDICHIP.COM chip (closed source).
@item
@option{--enable-ft2232_libftdi} - An open source (free) alternative to FTDICHIP.COM ftd2xx solution (Linux, MacOS, Cygwin).
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@item
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@option{--with-ftd2xx-win32-zipdir=PATH} - If using FTDICHIP.COM ft2232c driver,
give the directory where the Win32 FTDICHIP.COM 'CDM' driver zip file was unpacked.
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@item
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@option{--with-ftd2xx-linux-tardir=PATH} - If using FTDICHIP.COM ft2232c driver
on Linux, give the directory where the Linux driver's TAR.GZ file was unpacked.
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--with-ftd2xx-lib=shared|static} - Linux only. Default: static. Specifies how the FTDICHIP.COM libftd2xx driver should be linked. Note: 'static' only works in conjunction with @option{--with-ftd2xx-linux-tardir}. The 'shared' value is supported (12/26/2008), however you must manually install the required header files and shared libraries in an appropriate place. This uses ``libusb'' internally.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-presto_libftdi} - Enable building support for ASIX Presto programmer using the libftdi driver.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-presto_ftd2xx} - Enable building support for ASIX Presto programmer using the FTD2XX driver.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-usbprog} - Enable building support for the USBprog JTAG programmer.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-oocd_trace} - Enable building support for the OpenOCD+trace ETM capture device.
2008-05-14 14:13:38 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-jlink} - Enable building support for the Segger J-Link JTAG programmer.
2008-12-19 04:25:22 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-vsllink} - Enable building support for the Versaloon-Link JTAG programmer.
2008-12-27 02:56:55 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-rlink} - Enable building support for the Raisonance RLink JTAG programmer.
2009-03-08 15:14:18 +00:00
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-arm-jtag-ew} - Enable building support for the Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW programmer.
@item
@option{--enable-dummy} - Enable building the dummy port driver.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@section Parallel Port Dongles
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
If you want to access the parallel port using the PPDEV interface you have to specify
both the @option{--enable-parport} AND the @option{--enable-parport_ppdev} option since
the @option{--enable-parport_ppdev} option actually is an option to the parport driver
(see @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewtopic.php?t=3795} for more info).
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
The same is true for the @option{--enable-parport_giveio} option, you have to
use both the @option{--enable-parport} AND the @option{--enable-parport_giveio} option if you want to use giveio instead of ioperm parallel port access method.
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@section FT2232C Based USB Dongles
There are 2 methods of using the FTD2232, either (1) using the
FTDICHIP.COM closed source driver, or (2) the open (and free) driver
libftdi. Some claim the (closed) FTDICHIP.COM solution is faster.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The FTDICHIP drivers come as either a (win32) ZIP file, or a (Linux)
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
TAR.GZ file. You must unpack them ``some where'' convient. As of this
writing (12/26/2008) FTDICHIP does not supply means to install these
files ``in an appropriate place'' As a result, there are two
``./configure'' options that help.
Below is an example build process:
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@enumerate
@item Check out the latest version of ``openocd'' from SVN.
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@item If you are using the FTDICHIP.COM driver, download
and unpack the Windows or Linux FTD2xx drivers
(@uref{http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/D2XX.htm}).
If you are using the libftdi driver, install that package
(e.g. @command{apt-get install libftdi} on systems with APT).
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
/home/duane/ftd2xx.win32 => the Cygwin/Win32 ZIP file contents
/home/duane/libftd2xx0.4.16 => the Linux TAR.GZ file contents
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@end example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@item Configure with options resembling the following.
@enumerate a
@item Cygwin FTDICHIP solution:
@example
./configure --prefix=/home/duane/mytools \
--enable-ft2232_ftd2xx \
--with-ftd2xx-win32-zipdir=/home/duane/ftd2xx.win32
@end example
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@item Linux FTDICHIP solution:
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
./configure --prefix=/home/duane/mytools \
--enable-ft2232_ftd2xx \
--with-ft2xx-linux-tardir=/home/duane/libftd2xx0.4.16
2008-12-27 01:15:50 +00:00
@end example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@item Cygwin/Linux LIBFTDI solution ... assuming that
@itemize
@item For Windows -- that the Windows port of LIBUSB is in place.
@item For Linux -- that libusb has been built/installed and is in place.
@item That libftdi has been built and installed (relies on libusb).
@end itemize
Then configure the libftdi solution like this:
@example
./configure --prefix=/home/duane/mytools \
--enable-ft2232_libftdi
@end example
@end enumerate
@item Then just type ``make'', and perhaps ``make install''.
@end enumerate
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@section Miscellaneous Configure Options
2008-08-06 14:36:37 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--disable-option-checking} - Ignore unrecognized @option{--enable} and @option{--with} options.
@item
@option{--enable-gccwarnings} - Enable extra gcc warnings during build.
2009-01-20 09:08:39 +00:00
Default is enabled.
@item
2009-03-23 07:43:46 +00:00
@option{--enable-release} - Enable building of an OpenOCD release, generally
2009-01-20 09:08:39 +00:00
this is for developers. It simply omits the svn version string when the
openocd @option{-v} is executed.
2008-08-06 14:36:37 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@node JTAG Hardware Dongles
@chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
@cindex dongles
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@cindex FTDI
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@cindex wiggler
@cindex zy1000
@cindex printer port
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@cindex USB Adapter
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@cindex rtck
Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
an adapter .... [snip]
In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
2009-03-30 13:35:38 +00:00
an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@section Choosing a Dongle
There are three things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
@enumerate
@item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target? 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V? Does your dongle support it?
@item @b{Connection} Printer Ports - Does your computer have one?
@item @b{Connection} Is that long printer bit-bang cable practical?
@item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
@end enumerate
@section Stand alone Systems
@b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
2009-03-30 13:35:38 +00:00
dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@section USB FT2232 Based
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
As of 28/Nov/2008, the following are supported:
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{usbjtag}
2008-12-11 23:36:51 +00:00
@* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{jtagkey}
@* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
@item @b{oocdlink}
2008-12-05 00:46:10 +00:00
@* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{signalyzer}
@* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
@item @b{evb_lm3s811}
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{olimex-jtag}
@* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
@item @b{flyswatter}
@* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
@item @b{turtelizer2}
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@* See:
@uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
@url{http://www.ethernut.de}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{comstick}
@* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
@item @b{stm32stick}
2008-12-11 23:22:16 +00:00
@* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
@item @b{axm0432_jtag}
@* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
2009-05-27 11:58:19 +00:00
@item @b{cortino}
@* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
@section USB JLINK based
There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
AT91SAM764 internally.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
@* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
@item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
@* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
@item @b{IAR J-Link}
@* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
@end itemize
2008-12-19 04:25:22 +00:00
@section USB RLINK based
Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{Raisonance RLink}
@* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
@item @b{STM32 Primer}
@* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
@item @b{STM32 Primer2}
@* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
@end itemize
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@section USB Other
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{USBprog}
@* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
@item @b{USB - Presto}
@* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
2008-12-27 02:56:55 +00:00
@item @b{Versaloon-Link}
@* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
2009-03-08 15:14:18 +00:00
@item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
@* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
@section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
these on the market.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
@* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
@item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
@* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
@item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
@* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
@item @b{GW16402}
@* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
@item @b{Wiggler2}
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
@* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
@item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
@* Unknown - probably not on the market today
@item @b{arm-jtag}
@* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
@item @b{chameleon}
@* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
@item @b{Triton}
@* Unknown.
@item @b{Lattice}
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
@url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{flashlink}
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@* From ST Microsystems;
@uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
@section Other...
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ep93xx}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{at91rm9200}
@* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
@end itemize
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@node Running
@chapter Running
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
@cindex running OpenOCD
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@cindex --configfile
@cindex --debug_level
@cindex --logfile
@cindex --search
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The @option{--help} option shows:
@verbatim
bash$ openocd --help
--help | -h display this help
--version | -v display OpenOCD version
--file | -f use configuration file <name>
--search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
--debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
--log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
--command | -c run <command>
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
--pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end verbatim
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
By default OpenOCD reads the file configuration file ``openocd.cfg''
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
in the current directory. To specify a different (or multiple)
configuration file, you can use the ``-f'' option. For example:
@example
openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
@end example
Once started, OpenOCD runs as a daemon, waiting for connections from
clients (Telnet, GDB, Other).
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
the ``-d'' option.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Also it is possible to interleave commands w/config scripts using the
@option{-c} command line switch.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
@option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @option{debug_level
<n>} @xref{debug_level}.
You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
@option{-l <logfile>} switch.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
Search paths for config/script files can be added to OpenOCD by using
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
the @option{-s <search>} switch. The current directory and the OpenOCD
target library is in the search path by default.
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@node OpenOCD Project Setup
@chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
and then starting the OpenOCD server.
You also need to configure that server so that it knows
about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
@section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
(such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
and a USB cable on the other.
Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@enumerate
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
galvanic isolation between the target board and the
debugging host.
@item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
with 1.2 Volt boards.
@item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
ways to connect the cable.
Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
Be sure it's firmly connected.
In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
prevent you from inserting it wrong.
This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
but are tedious to set up.
Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
adapter signals to the right board pins.
@item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
you are using to run OpenOCD.
For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter?
@item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
@item @emph{Power up the target board.}
Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end enumerate
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
Talk with the OpenOCD server using
telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
@xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
@section Project Directory
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
single directory for your work with a given board.
When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
it searches there first for configuration files
and for code you upload to the target board.
It is also be the natural place to write files,
such as log files and data you download from the board.
@section Configuration Basics
There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
a variety of ways you can mix them.
Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
@itemize
@item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
@item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
@end itemize
Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
# GDB can also flash my flash!
gdb_memory_map enable
gdb_flash_program enable
source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
@end example
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@example
openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
-c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
-c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
-f target/sam7x256.cfg
@end example
You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
each supporting a different development task.
One might re-flash the board with specific firmware version.
Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
to simplify your work.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@section User Config Files
@cindex config file
@cindex user config file
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
in one place.
One of the following will match your situation best:
@itemize
@item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
provided by someone else.
For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
(probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux);
board and tool vendors can provide these too.
The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
@enumerate
@item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
@item @b{board} -- one for each different board
@item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
@end enumerate
Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
The first is an interface config file.
The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
meet your deadline:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
source [find board/csb337.cfg]
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@item You can often reuse some standard config files but
need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
giving access to your particular flash chips.
Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@quotation Note
When you write new configuration files, please submit
them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
will help support users of any board using that chip.
@end quotation
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@item
You may may need to write some C code.
It may be as simple as a supporting a new new ft2232 or parport
based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
a new chip architecture.
@end itemize
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
Reuse the existing config files when you can.
Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
(things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
Likewise, the @command{arm9tdmi vector_catch} command (or
its @command{xscale vector_catch} sibling) can be a timesaver
during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file.
@section Project-Specific Utilities
A few project-specific utility
routines may well speed up your work.
Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
may help:
@example
proc ramboot @{ @} @{
# Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
# to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
# Leave the CPU halted.
reset init
# Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
# Start running.
resume 0x20000000
@}
@end example
Then once that code is working you will need to make it
boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
(You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
@example
proc newboot @{ @} @{
# Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
# proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
# "reset halt" would be slower.
reset init
# Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
# sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
# do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
flash protect 0 0 1 off
flash erase_sector 0 0 1
flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
flash protect 0 0 1 on
# Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
reset run
@}
@end example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
from NAND.
That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@node Config File Guidelines
@chapter Config File Guidelines
This section/chapter is aimed at developers and integrators of
OpenOCD. These are guidelines for creating new boards and new target
configurations as of 28/Nov/2008.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
However, you, the user of OpenOCD, should be somewhat familiar with
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
this section as it should help explain some of the internals of what
you might be looking at.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The user should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/lib/openocd} :
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{interface}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@*Think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure the JTAG dongle go here.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{board}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* Think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
contain initialization items that are specific to a board - for
example: The SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
of external flash and what address it is found at. Any initialization
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets, i.e.: Two CPUs, or
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
a CPU and an FPGA or CPLD.
@item @b{target}
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@* Think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
on a chip
which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
the target config file defines all of them.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
@b{If needed...} The user in their ``openocd.cfg'' file or the board
file might override a specific feature in any of the above files by
setting a variable or two before sourcing the target file. Or adding
various commands specific to their situation.
@section Interface Config Files
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@cindex config file
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The user should be able to source one of these files via a command like this:
@example
source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
Or:
openocd -f interface/FOOBAR.cfg
@end example
A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
sole developer who created it.
Interface files should be found in @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/lib/openocd/interface}
@section Board Config Files
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@cindex config file
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{Note: BOARD directory NEW as of 28/nov/2008}
The user should be able to source one of these files via a command like this:
@example
source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
Or:
openocd -f board/FOOBAR.cfg
@end example
The board file should contain one or more @t{source [find
target/FOO.cfg]} statements along with any board specific things.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
In summary the board files should contain (if present)
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@enumerate
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@item External flash configuration (i.e.: NOR flash on CS0, two NANDs on CS2)
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item SDRAM configuration (size, speed, etc.
@item Board specific IO configuration (i.e.: GPIO pins might disable a 2nd flash)
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item Multiple TARGET source statements
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item Reset configuration
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
@item Things inside a chip go in a 'target' file
@end enumerate
@section Target Config Files
2009-06-11 21:48:36 +00:00
@cindex config file
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The user should be able to source one of these files via a command like this:
@example
source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
Or:
openocd -f target/FOOBAR.cfg
@end example
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
In summary the target files should contain
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@enumerate
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item Set defaults
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@item Add TAPs to the scan chain
@item Add CPU targets
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
@item On-Chip flash
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end enumerate
@subsection Important variable names
By default, the end user should never need to set these
variables. However, if the user needs to override a setting they only
need to set the variable in a simple way.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{CHIPNAME}
@* This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of the
tap identifier dotted name.
@item @b{ENDIAN}
@* By default little - unless the chip or board is not normally used that way.
@item @b{CPUTAPID}
@* When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it will attempt to identify
every chip. If the @t{-expected-id} is nonzero, OpenOCD attempts
to verify the tap id number verses configuration file and may issue an
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
error or warning like this. The hope is that this will help to pinpoint
problems in OpenOCD configurations.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
Info: JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
(Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
Error: ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678,
Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Error: ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
Error: ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
@end example
@item @b{_TARGETNAME}
@* By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
specific to that board and that target.
If the chip has 2 targets, use the names @b{_TARGETNAME0},
@b{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
@b{Remember:} The ``board file'' may include multiple targets.
At no time should the name ``target0'' (the default target name if
none was specified) be used. The name ``target0'' is a hard coded name
- the next target on the board will be some other number.
2009-05-18 04:44:28 +00:00
In the same way, avoid using target numbers even when they are
permitted; use the right target name(s) for your board.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The user (or board file) should reasonably be able to:
@example
source [find target/FOO.cfg]
$_TARGETNAME configure ... FOO specific parameters
source [find target/BAR.cfg]
$_TARGETNAME configure ... BAR specific parameters
@end example
@end itemize
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@subsection Tcl Variables Guide Line
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The Full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'' - JIM-Tcl does not.
Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
used at will within a ?TARGET? configuration file.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{EXAMPLE:} The user should be able to do this:
@example
# Board has 3 chips,
# PXA270 #1 network side, big endian
# PXA270 #2 video side, little endian
# Xilinx Glue logic
set CHIPNAME network
set ENDIAN big
source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
# variable: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
# other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" tap.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
$_TARGETNAME configure .... params for this CPU..
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
set ENDIAN little
set CHIPNAME video
source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
# variable: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
# other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" tap.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
$_TARGETNAME configure .... params for this CPU..
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
unset ENDIAN
set CHIPNAME xilinx
source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
# Since $_TARGETNAME is temporal..
# these names still work!
network.cpu configure ... params
video.cpu configure ... params
@end example
@subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
All target configuration files should start with this (or a modified form)
@example
# SIMPLE example
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
@} else @{
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
@}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
@} else @{
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
set _ENDIAN little
@}
if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
@} else @{
set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
@}
@end example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
After the ``defaults'' are set up,
add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
for taps.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
probably for a CPU or FPGA.
The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
looks (in part) like this:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -ircapture 0x1 -irmask 0xf \
-expected-id $_CPUTAPID
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
to source such a config file twice, with different
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
it adds a different TAP each time.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@itemize
@item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with a disabled ARM, and a JRC
(there's a DSP too, which is not listed)
@item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
@item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
is not currently used)
@end itemize
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@subsection Add CPU targets
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
GDB and other commands can use it.
@xref{CPU Configuration}.
For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@example
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
a work area if you can.
Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@example
$_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
-work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@end example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@subsection Chip Reset Setup
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
chip can be tweaked by the board.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
they're going to be used with JTAG.
An example might be needing to send some commands right
after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
@code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
special high speed download features - enable it.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2009-05-18 04:40:11 +00:00
Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Tracing}.)
If you are using an external trace port,
configure it in your board config file.
If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
configure it in your target config file.
2009-05-18 04:40:11 +00:00
@example
etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
@end example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@subsection Internal Flash Configuration
This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
@b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
the TARGET (chip) file.
Examples:
@itemize @bullet
@item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
@item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
@item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
@item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
@end itemize
@node About JIM-Tcl
@chapter About JIM-Tcl
@cindex JIM Tcl
@cindex tcl
OpenOCD includes a small ``TCL Interpreter'' known as JIM-TCL. You can
learn more about JIM here: @url{http://jim.berlios.de}
@itemize @bullet
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
impliments the basic Tcl command set along. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Missing Features}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
@item @b{Scripts}
@* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
command interpreter today (28/nov/2008) is a mixture of (newer)
JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Commands}
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
@item @b{Historical Note}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
@node Daemon Configuration
@chapter Daemon Configuration
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@cindex initialization
2008-12-16 19:29:50 +00:00
The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
supported.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@section Configuration Stage
@cindex configuration stage
@cindex configuration command
When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
@emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs
and other basic setup.
The server must leave the configuration stage before it
may access or activate TAPs.
After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
longer be issued.
@deffn {Config Command} init
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
This command terminates the configuration stage and
enters the normal command mode. This can be useful to add commands to
the startup scripts and commands such as resetting the target,
programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
"reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
configuration files and/or command line options.
@b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@section TCP/IP Ports
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@cindex TCP port
@cindex server
@cindex port
2009-06-13 08:38:57 +00:00
@cindex security
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2009-06-13 08:38:57 +00:00
For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
access using one or more of these ports.
In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
@cindex GDB server
Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
The GDB port for the
first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
When not specified during the configuration stage,
the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2009-06-13 08:38:57 +00:00
When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
output from the Tcl engine.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
Intended as a machine interface.
When not specified during the configuration stage,
the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2009-06-13 08:38:57 +00:00
When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
Specify or query the
port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
When not specified during the configuration stage,
the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2009-06-13 08:38:57 +00:00
When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@anchor{GDB Configuration}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section GDB Configuration
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@cindex GDB
@cindex GDB configuration
You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
The ones listed here are static and global.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2008-10-16 21:02:44 +00:00
@anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2008-08-13 21:08:14 +00:00
breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Config command} gdb_detach (@option{resume}|@option{reset}|@option{halt}|@option{nothing})
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
Configures what OpenOCD will do when GDB detaches from the daemon.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Default behaviour is @option{resume}.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
@anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Config command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
vFlash packet is received.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Config command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
for flash programming to work.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
@xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Config command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
by GDB memory read packets.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
The default behaviour is @option{disable};
use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-10 04:06:25 +00:00
@anchor{Event Polling}
@section Event Polling
Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
where significant events can happen at any time.
The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
so it can report them to through TCL command line
or to GDB.
Examples of such events include:
@itemize
@item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
@item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
@item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
@item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
@item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
@end itemize
None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
can imply events when those signals are inputs.
In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
to the various active targets.
There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
which is normally done in the background.
@deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
Poll the current target for its current state.
(Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
If that target is in debug mode, architecture
specific information about the current state is printed.
An optional parameter
allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
@example
> poll
background polling: on
target state: halted
target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
current mode: Supervisor
cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
>
@end example
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@node Interface - Dongle Configuration
@chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
through commands in an interface configuration
file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
@example
source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
@end example
These commands tell
OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
@example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
# jlink interface
interface jlink
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@end example
Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@section Interface Configuration
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
more additional commands.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
target.
@end deffn
2009-06-08 13:16:57 +00:00
@deffn Command {interface_list}
List the interface drivers that have been built into
the running copy of OpenOCD.
@end deffn
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@deffn Command {jtag interface}
Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
@end deffn
@section Interface Drivers
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
available at run time.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
This defines some driver-specific commands:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
Displays status of RTCK option.
Optionally sets that option first.
@end deffn
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
This has one driver-specific command:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
Logs some status
@end deffn
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
@c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
@c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2008-12-19 04:25:22 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
if compiled with FTD2XX support.
@end deffn
2008-12-27 02:56:55 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
is connected to the host.
If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
@end deffn
2009-03-08 15:14:18 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
@itemize @minus
@item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
@item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
@item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2009-06-07 23:21:41 +00:00
@item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
@item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
@item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
@item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
@item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
@item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
@c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
@item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
@item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
@item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
@item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
@item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@end deffn
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
default values are used.
Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
@example
ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
@end example
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
@end deffn
For example, the interface config file for a
Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
@example
interface ft2232
ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
ft2232_layout turtelizer2
ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
This has one driver-specific command:
@deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
@end deffn
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
Segger jlink USB adapter
@c command: jlink_info
@c dumps status
@c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
@c sets version 2 or 3
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
@deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @minus
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
@item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
@item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
in configuration mode. This is only used to
2008-08-20 10:51:45 +00:00
program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
@item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
@item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
@item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
some versions of
Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
@item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
(see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
@item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
@item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
the @file{/dev/parport} device
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
@option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
you may encounter a problem.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
@end deffn
For example, the interface configuration file for a
classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
interface parport
parport_port 0xc8b8
parport_cable wiggler
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
@c command: presto_serial str
@c sets serial number
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
Raisonance RLink USB adapter
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
@quotation Note
This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
which are not currently documented here.
@end quotation
@end deffn
@deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
@quotation Note
This defines some driver-specific commands,
which are not currently documented here.
@end quotation
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
Turn power switch to target on/off.
No arguments: print status.
@end deffn
2009-06-04 00:54:25 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
@anchor{JTAG Speed}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section JTAG Speed
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
Sometimes the JTAG speed is
changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
power management software that may be active.
The speed used during reset can be adjusted using pre_reset
and post_reset event handlers.
@xref{Target Events}.
If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
may not be the fastest solution.
@b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
@deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
than the speed specified.
As a rule of thumb, if you specify a clock rate make
sure the JTAG clock is no more than @math{1/6th CPU-Clock}.
This is especially true for synthesized cores (ARMxxx-S).
Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
@xref{FAQ RTCK}.
If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
JTAG clocking after setup.
Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
If the interface device can not
support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
@defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
@cindex RTCK
This Tcl proc (defined in startup.tcl) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
# Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
jtag_rclk 3000
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
@end defun
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@node Reset Configuration
@chapter Reset Configuration
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@cindex Reset Configuration
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Every system configuration may require a different reset
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
Please see the various board files for examples.
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
@quotation Note
To maintainers and integrators:
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
Reset configuration touches several things at once.
Normally the board configuration file
should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
However, the target configuration file could also make note
of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
system configuration file will need to override parts of
the reset configuration provided by other files.
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
@end quotation
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@section Types of Reset
There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@item
@emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
@item
@emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
@item
@emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
@item
@emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
several other types of reset.
You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
There may be individual module resets.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
(@xref{Reset Command}.)
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@section SRST and TRST Issues
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
common issues are:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
support such signals even if they are wired up.
Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
when one of those signals is not connected.
When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
@item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
when those signals aren't properly independent.
@item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
hardware debouncing.
Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
commands to say when extra delays are needed.
@item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
to use push/pull output drivers.
Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
@var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
issues (not limited to errata).
For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
(@xref{JTAG Commands}, where the @command{jtag_reset}
command is presented.)
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@end itemize
There can also be other issues.
Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
Agreement (NDA).
Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@section Commands for Handling Resets
@deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
@end deffn
@deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
@end deffn
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
@deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
This command tells OpenOCD the reset configuration
2009-05-30 07:53:40 +00:00
of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
configuration scripts.
If you have an interface that does not support SRST and
TRST(unlikely), then you may be able to work around that
problem by using a reset_config command to override any
settings in the target configuration script.
SRST and TRST has a fairly well understood definition and
behaviour in the JTAG specification, but vendors take
liberties to achieve various more or less clearly understood
goals. Sometimes documentation is available, other times it
is not. OpenOCD has the reset_config command to allow OpenOCD
to deal with the various common cases.
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{trst_type},
and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
@var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
@option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
@quotation Tip
If your board provides SRST or TRST through the JTAG connector,
you must declare that or else those signals will not be used.
@end quotation
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
signal implementations.
The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
indicating everything behaves normally.
@option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
@option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2009-05-30 01:32:19 +00:00
driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
JTAGkey and JTAGAccelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
are @option{trst_push_pull} (default) and @option{trst_open_drain}.
Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
signal to be pulled low by various events including system
powerup and pressing a reset button.
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@node TAP Declaration
@chapter TAP Declaration
@cindex TAP declaration
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@cindex TAP configuration
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
TAPs serve many roles, including:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
@item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
@item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
start running that code.
@item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
and missing connections
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
@section Scan Chains
2009-06-12 21:53:17 +00:00
TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
which is daisy chain of TAPs.
They also need to be added to
OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2009-06-12 21:53:17 +00:00
You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
(Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
command, presented in the next chapter.
That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
debugging targets.)
Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
@verbatim
TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
-- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
@end verbatim
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
because not all devices provide good support for that.
2009-06-12 21:53:17 +00:00
JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
until they are told to do so.
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2009-06-12 21:53:17 +00:00
@command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 7 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0x55
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
by a given chip.
Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
and so forth.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
a single chip and between them.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
includes commands something like this:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
@option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
@xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2009-06-12 21:53:17 +00:00
At this writing there is only a single command to work with
scan chains, and there is no support for enumerating
TAPs or examining their attributes.
@deffn Command {scan_chain}
Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
and their status.
The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
but systems with a JTAG router can
enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
each TAP's instruction register can also change.
@end deffn
@c FIXME! there should be commands to enumerate TAPs
@c and get their attributes, like there are for targets.
@c "jtag cget ..." will handle attributes.
@c "jtag names" for enumerating TAPs, maybe.
@c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
@c (on entry to RESET state).
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@section TAP Names
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
@code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
@quotation Tip
In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
This feature is still present.
However its use is highly discouraged, and
should not be counted upon.
Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers.
Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2009-06-12 21:53:17 +00:00
reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@end quotation
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@section TAP Declaration Commands
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
@anchor{jtag newtap}
@deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
overridable.
@cindex TAP naming convention
The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
and should follow this convention:
@itemize @bullet
@item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
@item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
@code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
@code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
@item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
@item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
@item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
@item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
with a single TAP;
@item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
@item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
@*The IDCODE capture command, such as 0x01.
@item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
@*The length in bits of the
instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
@item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
@*A mask for the IR register.
For some devices, there are bits in the IR that aren't used.
This lets OpenOCD mask them off when doing IDCODE comparisons.
In general, this should just be all ones for the size of the IR.
@end itemize
A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2008-10-16 06:15:03 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
@*Use the @code{-disable} paramater to flag a TAP which is not
linked in to the scan chain when it is declared.
You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
(the TAP is linked in).
@xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
@item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
@*A non-zero value represents the expected 32-bit IDCODE
found when the JTAG chain is examined.
These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
@emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2008-10-16 06:15:03 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@c @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
@c ... more or less "init" ?
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
@section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
@cindex TAP events
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
be visible.
Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
ignores, such as:
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@itemize
@item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
@item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
TAPs receive new instructions.
@item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
@c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
@c (b) eventually non-event configuration should be possible,
@c in which case some this documentation must move.
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
@deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
At this writing this mechanism is used only for event handling,
and the only two events relate to TAP enabling and disabling.
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
The two possible values for an event @var{name}
are @option{tap-disable} and @option{tap-enable}.
So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
a JTAG router, you should define TAP event handlers using
code that looks something like this:
@example
jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
echo "Enabling CPU TAP"
... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
@}
jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
echo "Disabling CPU TAP"
... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
@}
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
@deffnx Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
@deffnx Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
These three commands all return the string "1" if the tap
specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
and "0" if it is disbabled.
The @command{tapenable} variant first enables the tap
by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
The @command{tapdisable} variant first disables the tap
by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
@quotation Note
Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
than the script-oriented @command{tapisenabled}
for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
@end quotation
@end deffn
@node CPU Configuration
@chapter CPU Configuration
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@cindex GDB target
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
You can also access these targets without GDB
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
(@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
and @ref{Target State handling}) and
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
@section Target List
All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
where each member has a name.
That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
You can display the list with the @command{targets}
(plural!) command.
This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
look like with more than one:
@verbatim
2009-06-08 06:16:43 +00:00
TargetName Type Endian TapName State
-- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@end verbatim
One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
is implicitly referenced by many commands.
2009-06-08 06:16:43 +00:00
It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
space seen by that current target.
Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
are examples; and there are many more.
Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
@deffn Command {target count}
Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
@example
set c [target count]
for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
# Assuming you have created this function
print_target_details $x
@}
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn Command {target current}
Returns the name of the current target.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {target names}
Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
@example
foreach t [target names] @{
puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
@}
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn Command {target number} number
The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
@example
set thename [target number $x]
puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
@end example
@end deffn
@c yep, "target list" would have been better.
@c plus maybe "target setdefault".
@deffn Command targets [name]
@emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
command names are singular.}
With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
targets in a user friendly form.
With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
@end deffn
@section Target CPU Types and Variants
Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
when calling @command{target create}.
The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
what kind of debug support it integrates,
whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
what core-specific commands may be available
(@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
and more.
For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
indicate differences that affect their handling.
For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
worked around in some chip versions.
It's easy to see what target types are supported,
since there's a command to list them.
However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
@anchor{target types}
@deffn Command {target types}
Lists all supported target types.
At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
@itemize @bullet
@item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
@item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core
@item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
@item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core
@item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core
@item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
@item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
@item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
(Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
@item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core
@item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
@itemize @minus
@item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
@end itemize
@item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
@item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
@itemize @minus
@item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
processor.
You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
@end itemize
@item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
There are several variants defined:
@itemize @minus
@item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
@code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
@item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
@code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
@end itemize
@end itemize
@end deffn
To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
(See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
reflect design generations;
while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
@anchor{Target Configuration}
@section Target Configuration
2009-06-03 00:56:50 +00:00
Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
which is used to set up the CPU support.
The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
2008-04-14 06:02:11 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
optional parts.
All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
command, created as part of target creation.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
The two main things to configure after target creation are
a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
if the board setup code overrides them later;
and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
to be much more board-specific.
The key steps you use might look something like this
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@example
target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
$MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
$MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
$MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
@end example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
on-chip SRAM.
Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
writes to target memory;
flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
GDB memory checksumming;
and more.
@quotation Warning
On more complex chips, the work area can become
inaccessible when application code
(such as an operating system)
enables or disables the MMU.
For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
easy access to other addresses needed.
At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
@end quotation
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
controllers.
That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
2008-07-07 06:29:07 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
purposes including additional configuration.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
This name is also used to create the target object command,
referred to here as @command{$target_name},
and in other places the target needs to be identified.
@item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
@item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
@command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
@end itemize
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
The options accepted by this command may also be
specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
Their values can later be queried one at a time by
using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
@emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
and changing its endianness or variant.
@itemize @bullet
@item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
used to access this target.
@item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
@item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
@xref{Target Events}.
Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
same event name assigns only one handler.
@item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
which OpenOCD needs to know about.
@item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
whether the work area gets backed up; by default, it doesn't.
When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
since performing a backup slows down operations.
@item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify/set the work area
@item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
@item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@section Other $target_name Commands
@cindex object command
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
A good Tk example is a on screen button.
Once a button is created a button
has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
configure it like this:
@example
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
# Create
button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
# Modify
.foobar configure -foreground blue
# Query
set x [.foobar cget -background]
# Report
puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@example
str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
@end example
The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
@deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
use these to deal with specific reset cases.
They are not otherwise documented here.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
@deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
while @code{mem2array} reads them.
In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
the target side uses raw memory.
The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
The script orientation comes from working with data
values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
@command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
and neither store nor return those values.
@itemize
@item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
@item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
@item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
@item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
Each configuration parameter accepted by
@command{$target_name configure}
can be individually queried, to return its current value.
The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
There are a few special cases:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
event named @var{event_name}.
This is a special case because setting a handler requires
two parameters.
@item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
This is a special case because this is set using
@command{target create} and can't be changed
using @command{$target_name configure}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
all the targets you might use something like this:
@example
for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < [target count] @} @{ incr x @} @{
set name [target number $x]
set y [$name cget -endian]
set z [$name cget -type]
puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
$x $name $y $z]
@}
@end example
@end deffn
2009-06-10 04:06:25 +00:00
@anchor{target curstate}
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
Displays the current target state:
@code{debug-running},
@code{halted},
@code{reset},
@code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
2009-06-10 04:06:25 +00:00
(Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
Displays a table listing all event handlers
currently associated with this target.
@xref{Target Events}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
(This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
(If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
@end deffn
@deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
@deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
@deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
at the specified address @var{addr}.
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@anchor{Target Events}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@section Target Events
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@cindex events
2008-12-16 19:29:50 +00:00
At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
For example:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
@item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
to set up system clocks or
to reconfigure the SDRAM?
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-04-23 05:42:42 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
@command{target create ... -event}.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
echo "Reset..."
reset halt
@}
mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
echo "Reset..."
reset halt
@}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
The following target events are defined:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{debug-halted}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{debug-resumed}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{early-halted}
@* Occurs early in the halt process
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{examine-end}
@* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
@item @b{examine-start}
@* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@end ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{gdb-attach}
@* When GDB connects
@item @b{gdb-detach}
@* When GDB disconnects
@item @b{gdb-end}
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
@* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
@item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
@* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
@item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
@* Before GDB writes to the flash
@item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
@* After GDB writes to the flash
@item @b{gdb-start}
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{halted}
@* The target has halted
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
@* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
@item @b{old-pre_resume}
@* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@end ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-assert-pre}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
after SRST and/or TRST were activated and deactivated,
but before reset is asserted on the tap.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-assert-post}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
when reset is asserted on the tap.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
when reset is about to be released on the tap.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
For some chips, this may be a good place to make sure
the JTAG clock is slow enough to work before the PLL
has been set up to allow faster JTAG speeds.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-deassert-post}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
when reset has been released on the tap.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-end}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-halt-post}
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@* Currently not used
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-halt-pre}
@* Currently not used
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@end ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-init}
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
multiplexing, and so on.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-start}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
before either SRST or TRST are activated.
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{reset-wait-pos}
@* Currently not used
@item @b{reset-wait-pre}
@* Currently not used
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@end ignore
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{resume-start}
@* Before any target is resumed
@item @b{resume-end}
@* After all targets have resumed
@item @b{resume-ok}
@* Success
@item @b{resumed}
@* Target has resumed
@end itemize
2008-10-22 10:13:52 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@node Flash Commands
@chapter Flash Commands
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@quotation Note
As of 28-nov-2008 OpenOCD does not know how to program a SPI
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
flash that a micro may boot from. Perhaps you, the reader, would like to
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
contribute support for this.
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@end quotation
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Flash Steps:
@enumerate
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
@* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
passing parameters as needed by the driver.
@item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
boot loader, operating system, or other data.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item GDB Flashing
@* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
@xref{GDB Configuration}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end enumerate
2008-10-17 14:53:08 +00:00
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
This means that misprograming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
so that it can't boot.
JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@section Flash Configuration Commands
@cindex flash configuration
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
see the driver-specific documentation.
2008-10-16 06:15:03 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
associated with the flash bank being declared.
This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
@xref{Flash Driver List}.
@item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
@item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
@item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
@item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
@item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
commands to the flash controller.
@comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
@item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
for more information.
2008-10-16 06:15:03 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@quotation Note
This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
@end quotation
@end deffn
@comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
@comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
@deffn Command {flash banks}
Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {flash probe} num
Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
depends on the flash type.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
but most don't bother.
@end deffn
@section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
@cindex flash erasing
@cindex flash reading
@cindex flash writing
@cindex flash programming
One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
@command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
@quotation Note
Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
back to a flash bank.
@comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
@comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
Avoid confusing the two command models.
@end quotation
Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
disabled first.
Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
@xref{flash protect}.
@anchor{flash erase_sector}
@deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first} up to and including
@var{last}. Sector numbering starts at 0.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
the specified length must stay within that bank.
As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
@deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
@deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
starting at @var{address} and continuing
for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
before issuing this command.
Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
@end deffn
@comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
@anchor{flash write_bank}
@deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
@anchor{flash write_image}
@deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] filename [offset] [type]
Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
to the base address for each section in the image.
The file [@var{type}] can be specified
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
@option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
@option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
if the @option{erase} parameter is given.
The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
each image segment.
@end deffn
@section Other Flash commands
@cindex flash protection
@deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
and display that status.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
This is the only operation that
updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
to issue an @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
to get updated information.
(Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
@end deffn
@deffn Command {flash info} num
Print info about flash bank @var{num}
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
The information includes per-sector protect status.
@end deffn
@anchor{flash protect}
@deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (on|off)
Enable (@var{on}) or disable (@var{off}) protection of flash sectors
@var{first} to @var{last} of flash bank @var{num}.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-10-16 06:15:03 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@anchor{Flash Driver List}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section Flash Drivers, Options, and Commands
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
@subsection External Flash
@deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
@cindex Common Flash Interface
@cindex CFI
The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
specific external chip select on the CPU.
Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
configure a bus and its timings) , or
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
on the flash chip.
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
speed up operation.
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@itemize
@item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
like AM29LV010 and similar types.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
wide on a sixteen bit bus:
2008-10-22 10:13:52 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
@end deffn
2008-10-22 10:13:52 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from ST Micro
include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel
include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
provide additional parameters in the following order:
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@itemize
@item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
@item @var{banks}
@item @var{sectors_per_bank}
@item @var{pages_per_sector}
@item @var{pages_size}
@item @var{num_nvm_bits}
@item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
@end itemize
It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
will be autoconfigured.
Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
@command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
@deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (set|clear)
Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
are not truly general purpose).
@quotation Note
This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
the appropriate at91sam7 target.
@end quotation
@end deffn
@end deffn
2009-05-29 01:33:04 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} avr
The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
@emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
@comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
@end deffn
@deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
@emph{No idea what this is...}
The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
and executed.
@end deffn
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
Most members of the LPC2000 microcontroller family from NXP
include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
which must appear in the following order:
@itemize
@item @var{variant} ... required, may be
@var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
or @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
@item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
at which the core is running
@item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
@end itemize
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
2009-05-29 01:33:04 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
support from its lpc2000 siblings.
The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
the programming clock rate in Hz.
LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
@example
flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
@emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
@example
flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
and integrate flash memory.
@emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
@example
flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
@comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
@comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
@comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
@comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
@deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
in the specified chip @var{bank}.
@end deffn
@end deffn
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
Texas Instruments
include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
@footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
Some stm32x-specific commands
@footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
are defined:
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
Locks the entire stm32 device.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (SWWDG|HWWDG) (RSTSTNDBY|NORSTSTNDBY) (RSTSTOP|NORSTSTOP)
Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
@end deffn
@end deffn
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2008-10-16 13:16:49 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
Configures the str9 flash controller.
The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
@item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
@item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
@item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end itemize
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-29 01:33:04 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
@deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
the flash clock.
@end deffn
@end deffn
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@subsection str9xpec driver
@cindex str9xpec
Here is some background info to help
you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
the str9:
2008-12-06 10:48:46 +00:00
@enumerate
@item
Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
@item
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
2008-12-06 10:48:46 +00:00
ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
@end enumerate
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
2008-12-06 10:48:46 +00:00
the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
configured for flash bank 0.
@example
# assert srst, we do not want core running
# while accessing str9xpec flash driver
jtag_reset 0 1
# turn off target polling
poll off
# disable str9 core
str9xpec enable_turbo 0
# read option bytes
str9xpec options_read 0
# re-enable str9 core
str9xpec disable_turbo 0
poll on
reset halt
@end example
The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
2008-12-06 10:48:46 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
@command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
directly to the embedded flash controller.
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
erase the device.
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
Configure str9 boot bank.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
Configure str9 lvd source.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
Configure str9 lvd threshold.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
Read str9 option bytes.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
Write str9 option bytes.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
unlock str9 device.
@end deffn
@end deffn
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@section mFlash
@subsection mFlash Configuration
@cindex mFlash Configuration
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
address @var{base}.
The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
@end example
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@example
mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
@end example
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@end deffn
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@subsection mFlash commands
@cindex mFlash commands
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
Configure mflash PLL.
The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {mflash config boot}
Configure bootable option.
If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
(4kB) for boot.
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {mflash config storage}
Configure storage information.
For the normal storage operation, this information must be
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
written.
2009-06-04 00:51:02 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {mflash probe}
Probe mflash.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
@var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@node NAND Flash Commands
@chapter NAND Flash Commands
@cindex NAND
Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
with techniques such as wear leveling.
Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
every 512 bytes of data.
You will need to make sure that any data you write using
OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
ECC mode is used.
The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
@enumerate
@item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
@* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
passing parameters as needed by the controller.
@item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
@* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
to access that device.
@item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
@* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
de-brick a board.
@end enumerate
2009-05-24 01:57:13 +00:00
@b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
are only 32 bits wide.
(Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@section NAND Configuration Commands
@cindex NAND configuration
NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
plus some additional configuration that's done after
OpenOCD has initialized.
@deffn {Config Command} {nand device} controller target [configparams...]
Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
they were a single (larger) device.
In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
@b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
configuration files, not interactively.
@itemize @bullet
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
associated with the NAND device being declared.
@xref{NAND Driver List}.
@item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
commands to the NAND controller.
@comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
@item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
for more information.
@end itemize
@end deffn
@deffn Command {nand list}
Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
Note that un-probed devices show no details.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {nand probe} num
Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
it with most other NAND commands.
@end deffn
@section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
@deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
@cindex NAND reading
Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
starting at the specified offset.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
associated with each such page may also be accessed.
@b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
method which handled that error correction.
By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
@itemize @bullet
@item no oob_* parameter
@*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
@item @code{oob_raw}
@*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
spare areas associated with each data page.
Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
@item @code{oob_only}
@*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
spare areas associated with each data page.
@end itemize
@end deffn
2009-05-24 01:57:13 +00:00
@deffn Command {nand erase} num offset length
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@cindex NAND erasing
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@cindex NAND programming
2009-05-24 01:57:13 +00:00
Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
@b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
block marker.
For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
@cindex NAND writing
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@cindex NAND programming
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
past the end of the device.
Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
if that's being written.)
@b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
@itemize @bullet
@item no oob_* parameter
@*File has only page data, which is written.
If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
with hardware-computed ECC data.
@item @code{oob_only}
@*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
@item @code{oob_raw}
@*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
un-altered OOB.
Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
@item @code{oob_softecc}
@*File has only page data, which is written.
The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
@item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
@*File has only page data, which is written.
The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
@end itemize
@end deffn
@section Other NAND commands
@cindex NAND other commands
2009-05-24 01:57:13 +00:00
@deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
continues for @var{length} bytes.
Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
@b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {nand info} num
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
devices which have been probed this also prints any known
status for each block.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
bypassing hardware ECC logic.
@i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
@end deffn
@anchor{NAND Driver List}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section NAND Drivers, Options, and Commands
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
driver-specific options and behaviors.
Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
2009-05-24 01:38:19 +00:00
@deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
chips from Texas Instruments.
It takes three extra parameters:
address of the NAND chip;
hardware ECC mode to use (hwecc1, hwecc4, hwecc4_infix);
address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
@example
nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
@end example
All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
the @command{nand raw_access} command.
@end deffn
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
@end deffn
At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
@end deffn
@comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
@deffn {NAND Driver} orion
These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
parameter: the address of the controller.
@example
nand device orion 0xd8000000
@end example
These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
change any behavior.
@end deffn
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
@deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
@deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
@deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
@command{nand device} options, and don't define any
specialized commands.
At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
change any behavior.
@end deffn
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
@node General Commands
@chapter General Commands
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@cindex commands
The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
commands are documented elsewhere.
Intent:
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{Source Of Commands}
@* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{From the human}
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
or via GDB (default port 3333).
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
@item @b{Machine Interface}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
port is 5555.
@end itemize
@section Daemon Commands
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
(This option is strongly discouraged.)
Useful in connection with script files
(@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command shutdown
Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@anchor{debug_level}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command debug_level [n]
@cindex message level
Display debug level.
If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
Level 0 is error messages only;
level 1 adds warnings;
level 2 (the default) adds informational messages;
and level 3 adds debugging messages.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
Default disabled.
Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
individually overridden.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
@example
openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
@end example
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command echo message
Logs a message at "user" priority.
Output @var{message} to stdout.
@example
echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn Command log_output [filename]
Redirect logging to @var{filename};
the initial log output channel is stderr.
@end deffn
2009-05-19 18:30:01 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
@anchor{Target State handling}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@section Target State handling
@cindex reset
@cindex halt
@cindex target initialization
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
a @dfn{current target} which is used to perform the
various operations. The current target may be changed
by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
target which should become current.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
@emph{With no arguments}:
list all available registers for the current target,
showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
@emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
@emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
Debug and trace infrastructure:
@example
> reg
(0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty: 1, valid: 1)
(1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
(2) r2 (/32): 0x00022551 (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
...
(164) ETM_CONTEXTID_COMPARATOR_MASK (/32): \
0x00000000 (dirty: 0, valid: 0)
>
@end example
@end deffn
@deffn Command halt [ms]
@deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
(and enter debug mode).
Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
@end deffn
@deffn Command resume [address]
Resume the target at its current code position,
or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command step [address]
Single-step the target at its current code position,
or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
@anchor{Reset Command}
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command reset
@deffnx Command {reset run}
@deffnx Command {reset halt}
@deffnx Command {reset init}
Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
@emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
events will fire during the reset sequence.}
The optional parameter specifies what should
2009-05-26 00:23:23 +00:00
happen after the reset.
If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
The other options will not work on all systems.
@xref{Reset Configuration}.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @minus
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@item @b{run} Let the target run
@item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
@item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command soft_reset_halt
Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
state.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@section I/O Utilities
These commands are available when
OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
They are mainly useful on embedded targets;
2009-06-10 04:06:25 +00:00
PC type hosts have complementary tools.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
@deffn Command meminfo
Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@anchor{Memory access}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section Memory access commands
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@cindex memory access
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
@enumerate
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
to change the current target.
@item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end enumerate
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command mdw addr [count]
@deffnx Command mdh addr [count]
@deffnx Command mdb addr [count]
Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
(If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command mww addr word
@deffnx Command mwh addr halfword
@deffnx Command mwb addr byte
Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
at the specified address @var{addr}.
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-05-28 01:18:47 +00:00
@anchor{Image access}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@section Image loading commands
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@cindex image loading
@cindex image dumping
@anchor{dump_image}
@deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
binary file named @var{filename}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {fast_load}
Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
separately.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
@anchor{load_image}
@deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
The file format may optionally be specified
(@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
@end deffn
@deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
The file format may optionally be specified
(@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
@cindex breakpoint
@cindex watchpoint
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
watchpoints.
In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
@deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
(@xref{arm9tdmi vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command {rbp} address
Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
@end deffn
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
@deffn Command {rwp} address
Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
@end deffn
2009-06-10 21:30:48 +00:00
@deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
2009-06-04 01:22:23 +00:00
With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
@end deffn
@section Misc Commands
@cindex profiling
@deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
@end deffn
2008-05-24 15:01:56 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@node Architecture and Core Commands
@chapter Architecture and Core Commands
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
@cindex Architecture Specific Commands
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@cindex Core Specific Commands
Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
@anchor{ARM Tracing}
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@section ARM Tracing
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
@cindex ETM
@cindex ETB
CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
@itemize
@item
Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
supports such an interface.
(The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
and trace port support.)
Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
buffer several megabytes of trace data.
Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
in the board-specific configuration file.
@item
If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
(target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
@end itemize
ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
@quotation Issues
ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
as well as triggering trace on specific events
(perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
with the current XScale trace support, or should be
shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
@end quotation
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ETM Configuration
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
@deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port configuration.
The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16.
The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexted},
or @option{demultiplexted}.
The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
@quotation Note
You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command, although
not all of those possible registers are present in every ETM.
@end quotation
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm info}
Displays information about the current target's ETM.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm status}
Displays status of the current target's ETM:
is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
Did trace data overflow?
Was it triggered?
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
Displays what data that ETM will collect.
If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
@itemize
@item @var{type} ... one of
@option{none} (save nothing),
@option{data} (save data),
@option{address} (save addresses),
@option{all} (save data and addresses)
@item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
@item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
@item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
@end itemize
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} percent
@emph{Buggy and effectively a NOP ... @var{percent} from 2..100}
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ETM Trace Operation
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
@deffn Command {etm analyze}
Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm dump} filename
Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
Opens an image file.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm load} filename
Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm start}
Starts trace data collection.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {etm stop}
Stops trace data collection.
@end deffn
@anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection Trace Port Drivers
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
2009-06-01 03:06:25 +00:00
@deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
@emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
any trace data collection.}
@deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
@end deffn
@end deffn
2009-05-30 01:43:21 +00:00
@deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
to use on-chip ETB memory.
@deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
@end deffn
@end deffn
@deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
connected to an off-chip trace connector.
@deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
@end deffn
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARMv4
@cindex ARMv5
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
These commands are specific to ARM architecture v4 and v5,
including all ARM7 or ARM9 systems and Intel XScale.
They are available in addition to other core-specific
commands that may be available.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {armv4_5 core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
(Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {armv4_5 disassemble} address count [thumb]
@cindex disassemble
Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
If @option{thumb} is specified, Thumb (16-bit) instructions are used;
else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
(Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {armv4_5 reg}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
core mode if necessary. OpenOCD versions before rev. 60 didn't fetch the current
register value.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARM7
@cindex ARM9
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 commands,
and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
instead of breakpoints. This should be
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@cindex DCC
Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
@end deffn
2008-10-16 21:02:44 +00:00
@anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_core_reg} num mode word
@emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
shouldn't use it.}
Writes a 32-bit @var{word} to register @var{num} (from 0 to 16)
as used in the specified @var{mode}
(where e.g. mode 16 is "user" and mode 19 is "supervisor";
the M4..M0 bits of the PSR).
Registers 0..15 are the normal CPU registers such as r0(0), r1(1) ... pc(15).
Register 16 is the mode-specific SPSR,
unless the specified mode is 0xffffffff (32-bit all-ones)
in which case register 16 is the CPSR.
The write goes directly to the CPU, bypassing the register cache.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr} word (@option{0}|@option{1})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
shouldn't use it.}
If the second parameter is zero, writes @var{word} to the
Current Program Status register (CPSR).
Else writes @var{word} to the current mode's Saved PSR (SPSR).
In both cases, this bypasses the register cache.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8} byte rotate (@option{0}|@option{1})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
shouldn't use it.}
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Writes eight bits to the CPSR or SPSR,
first rotating them by @math{2*rotate} bits,
and bypassing the register cache.
This has lower JTAG overhead than writing the entire CPSR or SPSR
with @command{arm7_9 write_xpsr}.
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ARM720T specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARM720T
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
@deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm720t mdw_phys} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {arm720t mdh_phys} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {arm720t mdb_phys} addr [count]
Display contents of physical address @var{addr}, as
32-bit words (@command{mdw_phys}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh_phys}),
or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb_phys}).
If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm720t mww_phys} addr word
@deffnx Command {arm720t mwh_phys} addr halfword
@deffnx Command {arm720t mwb_phys} addr byte
Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
at the specified physical address @var{addr}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm720t virt2phys} va
Translate a virtual address @var{va} to a physical address
and display the result.
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ARM9TDMI specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARM9TDMI
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Many ARM9-family CPUs are built around ARM9TDMI integer cores,
or processors resembling ARM9TDMI, and can use these commands.
Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
@c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
@anchor{arm9tdmi vector_catch}
@deffn Command {arm9tdmi vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
to those hardware vectors.
This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
vector catch hardware to intercept
@option{all} of the hardware vectors,
@option{none} of them,
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
or a list with one or more of the following:
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt} @option{reserved}
@option{irq} @option{fiq}.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ARM920T specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARM920T
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
and ARM9TDMI commands.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
@end deffn
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
@end deffn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
or using zero if no other address is not provided.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm920t mdw_phys} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {arm920t mdh_phys} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {arm920t mdb_phys} addr [count]
Display contents of physical address @var{addr}, as
32-bit words (@command{mdw_phys}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh_phys}),
or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb_phys}).
If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm920t mww_phys} addr word
@deffnx Command {arm920t mwh_phys} addr halfword
@deffnx Command {arm920t mwb_phys} addr byte
Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
at the specified physical address @var{addr}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm920t virt2phys} va
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Translate a virtual address @var{va} to a physical address
and display the result.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
@cindex ARM926ej-s
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
and ARM9TDMI commands.
2008-11-21 14:27:47 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:14:58 +00:00
The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
Print information about the caches found.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm926ejs cp15} opcode1 opcode2 CRn CRm regnum [value]
Accesses cp15 register @var{regnum} using
@var{opcode1}, @var{opcode2}, @var{CRn}, and @var{CRm}.
If a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
Else that register is read and displayed.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm926ejs mdw_phys} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mdh_phys} addr [count]
@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mdb_phys} addr [count]
Display contents of physical address @var{addr}, as
32-bit words (@command{mdw_phys}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh_phys}),
or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb_phys}).
If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm926ejs mww_phys} addr word
@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mwh_phys} addr halfword
@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mwb_phys} addr byte
Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
at the specified physical address @var{addr}.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm926ejs virt2phys} va
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Translate a virtual address @var{va} to a physical address
and display the result.
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ARM966E specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARM966E
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
and ARM9TDMI commands.
@deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection XScale specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex XScale
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
@deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
Displays information about the CPU caches.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
@end deffn
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Enables or disables the trace buffer,
and controls how it is emptied.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
The image @var{type} may be one of
@option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
@option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
@option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
@end deffn
2009-06-11 21:23:24 +00:00
@anchor{xscale vector_catch}
@deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@section ARMv6 Architecture
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARMv6
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection ARM11 specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARM11
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@deffn Command {arm11 mcr} p1 p2 p3 p4 p5
Read coprocessor register
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
which is enabled by default.
If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
which is enabled by default.
If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm11 mrc} p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 value
Write coprocessor register
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm11 no_increment} [value]
Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
some read or write operations increment the pointer
(the default behavior) or not (acting like a FIFO).
If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
they is disabled by default.
If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@section ARMv7 Architecture
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex ARMv7
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
@subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex Debug Access Port
@cindex DAP
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
included on cortex-m3 and cortex-a8 systems.
They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
@deffn Command {dap info} [num]
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Displays id register from AP @var{num},
defaulting to the currently selected AP.
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
defaulting to the currently selected AP.
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
@end deffn
@deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
2009-06-02 21:06:12 +00:00
@end deffn
2009-06-01 03:06:46 +00:00
@subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@cindex Cortex-M3
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
@end deffn
@section Target DCC Requests
@cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
@cindex libdcc
@cindex DCC
OpenOCD can handle certain target requests; currently debugmsgs
@command{target_request debugmsgs}
are only supported for arm7_9 and cortex_m3.
2008-11-21 14:27:47 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
See libdcc in the contrib dir for more details.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
2009-06-01 03:06:25 +00:00
The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
otherwise the libdcc format is used.
2009-05-28 23:13:32 +00:00
@end deffn
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@node JTAG Commands
@chapter JTAG Commands
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@cindex JTAG Commands
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
(@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
may be needed to work with targets which require special
attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
To use these commands you will need to understand some
of the basics of JTAG, including:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
devices such as a CPUs.
@item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
standard state machine (in parallel)
using their shared TMS and clock signals.
@item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
while the reading previous ones.
@item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
@item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
registers.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@end itemize
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@section Low Level JTAG Commands
These commands are used by developers who need to access
JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
the order of TAP state transitions.
If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
@deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
that specify the entire register.
Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
The return value holds the original value of each
of those fields.
For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
@emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
in that state.
For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
@quotation Warning
OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
data registers, which may have different lengths.
Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
(by connecting a different scan chain).
@end quotation
@end deffn
@deffn Command {flush_count}
Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
This may be used for performance tuning.
For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
not change with the amount of data which is written.
You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
instead of batching them into larger operations.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
(The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
in that state.
For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
@quotation Note
OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
register values, unlike data register values.
For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
@end quotation
@end deffn
@deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
Set values of reset signals.
The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
@option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
@xref{Reset Configuration}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
@var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
Instructions often need some time
to execute before they take effect.
@end deffn
@c tms_sequence (short|long)
@c ... temporary, debug-only, probably gone before 0.2 ships
@deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
@end deffn
@deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
must also be enabled.
Default is enabled.
@end deffn
@section TAP state names
@cindex TAP state names
The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
2009-06-07 19:10:51 +00:00
and @command{irscan} commands are:
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
2008-12-27 02:18:06 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item @b{RESET} ... should act as if TRST were active
@item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... don't assume this always means IDLE
2008-12-27 02:18:06 +00:00
@item @b{DRSELECT}
@item @b{DRCAPTURE}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item @b{DRSHIFT} ... TDI/TDO shifting through the data register
2008-12-27 02:18:06 +00:00
@item @b{DREXIT1}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item @b{DRPAUSE} ... data register ready for update or more shifting
2008-12-27 02:18:06 +00:00
@item @b{DREXIT2}
@item @b{DRUPDATE}
@item @b{IRSELECT}
@item @b{IRCAPTURE}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item @b{IRSHIFT} ... TDI/TDO shifting through the instruction register
2008-12-27 02:18:06 +00:00
@item @b{IREXIT1}
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@item @b{IRPAUSE} ... instruction register ready for update or more shifting
2008-12-27 02:18:06 +00:00
@item @b{IREXIT2}
@item @b{IRUPDATE}
@end itemize
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
face of TMS fixed (usually low)
and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
@itemize @bullet
@item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
may not be as expected.
@item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
since they are free of JTAG side effects.
However, @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at other
levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
2009-06-03 00:59:13 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-10-22 18:10:21 +00:00
@node TFTP
@chapter TFTP
@cindex TFTP
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
2008-10-22 18:10:21 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
"/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
server (tftpd). For example,
@example
load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
@end example
will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
2008-10-22 18:10:21 +00:00
if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
2008-10-22 18:10:21 +00:00
a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
@node GDB and OpenOCD
@chapter GDB and OpenOCD
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@cindex GDB
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
to debug remote targets.
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@anchor{Connecting to GDB}
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@section Connecting to GDB
@cindex Connecting to GDB
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
@url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
2008-10-14 07:16:51 +00:00
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@enumerate
@item
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
target remote localhost:3333
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
@item
A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
@example
2009-01-07 21:16:06 +00:00
target remote | openocd --pipe
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@end example
This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
2009-01-07 21:16:06 +00:00
Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
session.
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@end enumerate
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
GDB command line.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
packet size and the device's memory map.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following GDB options to increase
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
the packet size and speed up GDB communication:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
set remote memory-write-packet-size 1024
set remote memory-write-packet-size fixed
set remote memory-read-packet-size 1024
set remote memory-read-packet-size fixed
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize and should not be required.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
@section Programming using GDB
@cindex Programming using GDB
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
the following OpenOCD configuration option:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-04-23 05:46:26 +00:00
gdb_memory_map disable
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
working area.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-04-05 10:07:12 +00:00
set mem inaccessible-by-default off
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2008-04-05 10:07:12 +00:00
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
will be used.
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
script can be executed:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
$_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
@end example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
can be used.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@node Tcl Scripting API
@chapter Tcl Scripting API
@cindex Tcl Scripting API
@cindex Tcl scripts
@section API rules
2008-07-15 14:10:13 +00:00
The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
information as an argument to each proc.
There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
pair list and lists.
Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
list.
@verbatim
> set foo(me) Duane
> set foo(you) Oyvind
> set foo(mouse) Micky
> set foo(duck) Donald
If one does this:
> set foo
The result is:
me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
foreach { name value } [set foo] {
puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
}
@end verbatim
Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
should be passed in to the proc in question.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@section Internal low-level Commands
2009-03-07 15:19:21 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
2009-03-07 15:19:21 +00:00
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
@command{ocd_flash_banks}
is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
2008-07-17 08:34:14 +00:00
2008-10-22 10:13:52 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
2008-10-22 10:13:52 +00:00
@item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
2008-10-22 10:13:52 +00:00
@item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
Return information about the flash banks
@end itemize
2008-07-17 08:34:14 +00:00
OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
startup.tcl "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
2008-07-17 08:34:14 +00:00
called "flash_banks".
2008-07-15 14:10:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
@section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
2009-03-07 15:19:21 +00:00
@subsection HostOS
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $HostOS which
holds one of the following values:
2009-03-07 15:19:21 +00:00
2009-03-09 21:04:33 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2009-03-07 15:19:21 +00:00
@item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
@item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
@item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
@item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
@item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
@item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
@end itemize
Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
2008-07-15 14:10:13 +00:00
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@quotation Note
We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
@code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
@code{jim_platform} (because it
is jim, not real tcl).
@end quotation
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@node Upgrading
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
@chapter Deprecated/Removed Commands
@cindex Deprecated/Removed Commands
2009-06-01 23:09:19 +00:00
Certain OpenOCD commands have been deprecated or
removed during the various revisions.
Upgrade your scripts as soon as possible.
These descriptions for old commands may be removed
a year after the command itself was removed.
This means that in January 2010 this chapter may
become much shorter.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
@item @b{arm7_9 fast_writes}
@cindex arm7_9 fast_writes
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@*Use @command{arm7_9 fast_memory_access} instead.
2009-06-07 19:10:51 +00:00
@item @b{endstate}
@cindex endstate
@*An buggy old command that would not really work since background polling would wipe out the global endstate
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
@xref{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}.
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
@item @b{arm7_9 force_hw_bkpts}
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@*Use @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} instead. Note that GDB will use hardware breakpoints
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
for flash if the GDB memory map has been set up(default when flash is declared in
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
target configuration). @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
@item @b{arm7_9 sw_bkpts}
2009-05-24 21:08:42 +00:00
@*On by default. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
@item @b{daemon_startup}
@*this config option has been removed, simply adding @option{init} and @option{reset halt} to
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
the end of your config script will give the same behaviour as using @option{daemon_startup reset}
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
and @option{target cortex_m3 little reset_halt 0}.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item @b{dump_binary}
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
@*use @option{dump_image} command with same args. @xref{dump_image}.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item @b{flash erase}
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
@*use @option{flash erase_sector} command with same args. @xref{flash erase_sector}.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item @b{flash write}
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
@*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@item @b{flash write_binary}
2008-10-17 13:09:56 +00:00
@*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
2008-04-20 10:35:29 +00:00
@item @b{flash auto_erase}
2008-10-17 12:26:27 +00:00
@*use @option{flash write_image} command passing @option{erase} as the first parameter. @xref{flash write_image}.
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
2009-06-01 23:09:19 +00:00
@item @b{jtag_device}
@*use the @command{jtag newtap} command, converting from positional syntax
to named prefixes, and naming the TAP.
@xref{jtag newtap}.
Note that if you try to use the old command, a message will tell you the
right new command to use; and that the fourth parameter in the old syntax
was never actually used.
@example
OLD: jtag_device 8 0x01 0xe3 0xfe
NEW: jtag newtap CHIPNAME TAPNAME \
-irlen 8 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0xe3
@end example
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
@item @b{jtag_speed} value
@*@xref{JTAG Speed}.
Usually, a value of zero means maximum
speed. The actual effect of this option depends on the JTAG interface used.
@itemize @minus
@item wiggler: maximum speed / @var{number}
@item ft2232: 6MHz / (@var{number}+1)
@item amt jtagaccel: 8 / 2**@var{number}
@item jlink: maximum speed in kHz (0-12000), 0 will use RTCK
@item rlink: 24MHz / @var{number}, but only for certain values of @var{number}
@comment end speed list.
@end itemize
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
@item @b{load_binary}
@*use @option{load_image} command with same args. @xref{load_image}.
2008-07-28 21:01:24 +00:00
@item @b{run_and_halt_time}
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
@*This command has been removed for simpler reset behaviour, it can be simulated with the
2008-07-28 21:01:24 +00:00
following commands:
@smallexample
reset run
sleep 100
halt
@end smallexample
2008-11-27 14:58:49 +00:00
@item @b{target} <@var{type}> <@var{endian}> <@var{jtag-position}>
@*use the create subcommand of @option{target}.
@item @b{target_script} <@var{target#}> <@var{eventname}> <@var{scriptname}>
@*use <@var{target_name}> configure -event <@var{eventname}> "script <@var{scriptname}>"
@item @b{working_area}
@*use the @option{configure} subcommand of @option{target} to set the work-area-virt, work-area-phy, work-area-size, and work-area-backup properties of the target.
2008-03-22 14:09:27 +00:00
@end itemize
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@node FAQ
@chapter FAQ
@cindex faq
@enumerate
2009-05-24 21:13:29 +00:00
@anchor{FAQ RTCK}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@cindex RTCK
@cindex adaptive clocking
@*
In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
work. There are 2 basic options:
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
@enumerate
@item
Use a special circuit.
@item
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
@end enumerate
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
4kHz.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
painful.
@b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
@b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
depending on the chips on your board. @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM
based systems require an 8:1 division. @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
1/12 the clock speed.
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
tedious, it is not always practical.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
this way.
To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
@example
2009-01-08 11:46:55 +00:00
# Example: 1.234MHz
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
jtag_khz 1234
@end example
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
2008-11-04 08:54:07 +00:00
OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
around Windows filenames.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
2008-11-04 08:54:07 +00:00
> echo \a
> echo @{\a@}
\a
> echo "\a"
>
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
2008-11-04 08:54:07 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
(e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
2008-02-28 11:52:26 +00:00
settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
memory read caused data abort".
The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
be done, feel free to add this here.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
gracefully stops.
@b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
@b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
bytes. Painful...
@item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
"Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
2008-05-01 21:29:05 +00:00
trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
reset, everything else should work fine.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
2008-02-28 11:52:26 +00:00
No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
@item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
2008-02-28 11:52:26 +00:00
chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
clock frequency?
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
up DRAM and loading it with code.
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
@anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
@item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
particular order?
Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
the same order used by the hardware.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
2009-06-07 23:10:50 +00:00
(2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
@item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
@item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
@end itemize
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
@item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
@item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
@item # Create the debug target and say where it is
@item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
@end itemize
@item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
2008-02-28 11:52:26 +00:00
TODO.
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@end enumerate
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@node Tcl Crash Course
@chapter Tcl Crash Course
@cindex Tcl
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
how the Tcl scripts work.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
OpenOCD.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@section Tcl Rule #1
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
@enumerate
2008-12-16 19:29:50 +00:00
@item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
@end enumerate
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The Tcl equal is this:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@enumerate
@item Rule #1: Everything is a string
@item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
@end enumerate
2008-12-16 19:29:50 +00:00
As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@section Tcl Rule #1b
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
There is a second pair of rules.
@enumerate
@item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
@* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
in Tcl.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
@* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
@end enumerate
@section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
Everything is a string}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@section Tcl Quoting Operators
In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
difference is subtle.
@enumerate
@item Parse Time
@item Evaluation Time
@end enumerate
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
@{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
= 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{[square-brackets]}
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
# bash example
X=`date`
echo "The Date is: $X"
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
# Tcl example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
set X [date]
puts "The Date is: $X"
@end example
@item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
@* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
is a string}
@example
set x "Dinner"
puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
@end example
@item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
@*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is perhaps a bad example, as of
28/nov/2008, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
@end itemize
2008-12-16 19:29:50 +00:00
@section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
the normal way.
As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
line is immedatly executed.
Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@subsection Command Execution
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
control flow operators.
Commands are executed like this:
@enumerate
@item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
@item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
@item Repeat until End Of File.
@end enumerate
It sort of works like this:
@example
for(;;)@{
ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
(*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
@}
@end example
When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
``LookupCommand()''
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@subsection The FOR command
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
command just like any other command.
When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
are:
@enumerate 0
@item The ascii text 'for'
@item The start text
@item The test expression
@item The next text
@item The body text
@end enumerate
Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
@example
int
MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
int *argc,
Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
@end example
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
still operates in the same basic way.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@subsection FOR command implementation
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
expression and returns a value.
Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
int
MyForCommand( void *interp,
int argc,
char **argv )
@{
if( argc != 5 )@{
SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
return ERROR;
@}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
// argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
// Execute the start statement.
Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
// Top of loop test
for(;;)@{
i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
if( i == 0 )
break;
// Execute the body
Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
// Execute the LOOP part
Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
@}
// Return no error
SetResult( interp, "" );
return SUCCESS;
@}
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@end example
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
in the same basic way.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@subsection source and find commands
@b{Where:} In many configuration files
@* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
@*Remember the parsing rules
@enumerate
@item The FIND command is in square brackets.
@* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
substituted on the orginal command line.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
@* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
@end enumerate
@subsection format command
2009-06-01 03:06:11 +00:00
@b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
@b{sprintf()}.
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{Example}
@example
set x 6
set y 7
puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
@end example
@enumerate
@item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
@item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
@* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
@* Refer to Rule #1
@item The format command is executed, producing a single string
@* Refer to Rule #1.
@item The PUTS command outputs the text.
@end enumerate
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@subsection Body or Inlined Text
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
@example
#1 Good
proc someproc @{@} @{
... multiple lines of stuff ...
@}
$_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
#2 Good - no variables
$_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
#3 Good Curly Braces
$_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
puts "Time: [date]"
@}
#4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
$_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
@end example
@enumerate
@item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
@*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
command.
@item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
@*There are 4 examples:
@enumerate
@item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
@item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
@end enumerate
In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
$VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
$_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
change. @{BTW: [date] is perhaps a bad example, as of 28/nov/2008,
Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
@end enumerate
@subsection Global Variables
@b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
proc myproc @{ @} @{
set y 0 #Local variable Y
global x #Global variable X
puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
@}
@end example
2009-03-20 10:29:12 +00:00
@section Other Tcl Hacks
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@b{Dynamic variable creation}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
# Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
# Create var name
set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
# Make it a global
global $vn
# Set it.
set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
@}
@end example
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@example
# One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
foreach who @{A B C D E@}
proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
@}
@end example
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
@node Target Library
@chapter Target Library
@cindex Target Library
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
OpenOCD comes with a target configuration script library. These scripts can be
used as-is or serve as a starting point.
2008-12-15 09:43:26 +00:00
The target library is published together with the OpenOCD executable and
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
the path to the target library is in the OpenOCD script search path.
Similarly there are example scripts for configuring the JTAG interface.
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
The command line below uses the example parport configuration script
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
that ship with OpenOCD, then configures the str710.cfg target and
2009-03-20 13:27:02 +00:00
finally issues the init and reset commands. The communication speed
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
is set to 10kHz for reset and 8MHz for post reset.
@example
2009-05-28 00:47:30 +00:00
openocd -f interface/parport.cfg -f target/str710.cfg \
-c "init" -c "reset"
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@end example
To list the target scripts available:
@example
$ ls /usr/local/lib/openocd/target
arm7_fast.cfg lm3s6965.cfg pxa255.cfg stm32.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
at91eb40a.cfg lpc2148.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg str710.cfg zy1000.cfg
at91r40008.cfg lpc2294.cfg sam7s256.cfg str912.cfg
at91sam9260.cfg nslu2.cfg sam7x256.cfg wi-9c.cfg
@end example
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@include fdl.texi
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@node OpenOCD Concept Index
2008-11-30 22:25:43 +00:00
@comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
@comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
@comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
@comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@printindex cp
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>:
Start updating the NOR flash coverage to use @deffn syntax, so the
commands have more consistent presentation and formatting. This
reorganizes information and updates its presentation, except where
the information didn't really match the code.
This patch updates most of the driver specific support, creating one
new (and alphabetized!) section just for driver-specific data, where
previously that data was split over up to three sections. Of note:
- The at91sam7 docs were a bit out of date with respect to the code.
- The "str9xpec" stuff still deserves some work. For now, it sits
in its own subsection; pretty messy.
- Likewise the "mflash" stuff. That's a parallel infrastructure,
and is now in a section of its own.
- The "mass_erase" commands for the Cortex M3 chips got turned into
footnotes. IMO, they should vanish sometime; they're superfluous.
- There are still a bunch of undocumented NOR drivers. Examples:
avr(8), tms470, pic32mx, more.
Plus there are a handful of minor tweaks to the NAND docs (to help make
the NOR and NAND presentations be parallel); the "Command Index" has
been renamed as the "Command and Driver Index"; reference TI instead
of Luminary Micro in several places.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk@1937 b42882b7-edfa-0310-969c-e2dbd0fdcd60
2009-05-28 01:11:10 +00:00
@node Command and Driver Index
@unnumbered Command and Driver Index
2009-05-22 02:25:18 +00:00
@printindex fn
2008-02-28 07:44:13 +00:00
@bye